blob: 736e664665869e7d62ea2fce50c14caa7f861d2d [file] [log] [blame]
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Aug 22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200961ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
962
963By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
964extended geometry keywords: >
965
966 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
967
968and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
969
970 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
971
972By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
973highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
974
975 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
976
977or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
978
979 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000981BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000982
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200983The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
985are supported.
986
987Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
988in ones |.vimrc|: >
989 let baan_code_stds=1
990
991*baan-folding*
992
993Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
994mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
995source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
996
997To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
998 let baan_fold=1
999Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1000indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1001considered equal to a tab). >
1002 let baan_fold_block=1
1003Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001004SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001005match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1006 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001007Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001008the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1009.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1010 set foldminlines=5
1011 set foldnestmax=6
1012
1013
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001014BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001016Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1018five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1019otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1020Basic.
1021
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001022If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1023example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1024 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001026
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001027C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
1029A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001030(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001031 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1033To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001034 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001035Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001037An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1038 :set filetype=cpp
1039
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001040Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001041*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1042*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001043*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1044*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001045*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1047*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001048 ...except { and } in first column
1049 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1050 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001051*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1052 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001053*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001054*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1056*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001057*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001058 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001059*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1060*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1061*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1062*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1063*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001064*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1065*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001067When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1068become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1069 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001070"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1071 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1074when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1075to a larger number: >
1076 :let c_minlines = 100
1077This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1078displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1079disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1080
1081When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1082works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1083you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1084
1085To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1086Example: >
1087 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1088 :function MyCadd()
1089 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1090 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1091 : hi link cMyItem Title
1092 :endfun
1093
1094ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1095"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1096not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1097highlighting: >
1098 :hi link cConstant NONE
1099
1100If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1101highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1102
1103If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001104in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001106 syn sync fromstart
1107 set foldmethod=syntax
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001110
1111C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1112the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1113
1114By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1115of C or C++: >
1116 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1117
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001119CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120
1121Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1122that are available. Additionally there is:
1123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001124chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1125chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1126chill_minlines like c_minlines
1127
1128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001129CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001130
1131ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1132If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1133 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1134This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1135"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1136file).
1137
1138You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1139 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1140Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1141 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1142This works immediately.
1143
1144
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001145CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1146
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1148
1149Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1150but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1151|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1152syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001153>
1154 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001155 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1156 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001157 \ }
1158<
1159Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1160
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001161There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1162this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1163dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001164
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1166"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1167namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001170 *g:clojure_fold*
1171
1172Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1173list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1174the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1175
1176
1177 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1178
1179Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1180reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001181>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001182 #_(defn foo [x]
1183 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1186(e.g. `#_#_`).
1187
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001188
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001189COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190
1191COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1192development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1193versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1194add this line to your .vimrc: >
1195 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1196To disable it again, use this: >
1197 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1198
1199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001200COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001202The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1204
1205 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1206
1207The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1208
1209
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001210CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1211
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001212Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213
1214Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001215cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001216cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001217cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1218cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001219
1220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001221CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001222
1223This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1224used.
1225
1226Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1227symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1228between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001229"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1230>
1231 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001232
1233For using tcsh: >
1234
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001235 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1238tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001239will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001240"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1241variable.
1242
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001243CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1244
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001245If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1246longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1247variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001248
1249 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1250
1251And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1252
1253 :w
1254 :e
1255
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001256Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001257
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001259CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001260
1261Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001262hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001264normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001265line to your .vimrc file: >
1266
1267 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1268
1269Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1270
1271 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1272
1273To disable these again, use this: >
1274
1275 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1276 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1277<
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1282doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1283startup vimrc: >
1284 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1285
1286
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001287DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1288
1289Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1290used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1291a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1292from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1293
1294More information about the language and its development environment at the
1295official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1296
1297dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1298type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1299and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1300framework.
1301
1302Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1303
1304https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1305
1306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001307DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001310according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001311https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1312To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1313 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1314Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1315To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1317g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
1319
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001320DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001321
1322The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1323there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1324
1325 :let diff_translations = 0
1326
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001327Also see |diff-slow|.
1328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
1331The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1332provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1333the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1334versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1335uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1336line to your startup file: >
1337 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1338
1339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001340DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001341DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1342DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
1344There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1345are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1346automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1347defaults to XML.
1348You can set the type manually: >
1349 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1350or: >
1351 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1352You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1353Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1354 :set filetype=docbksgml
1355or: >
1356 :set filetype=docbkxml
1357
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001358You can specify the DocBook version: >
1359 :let docbk_ver = 3
1360When not set 4 is used.
1361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001363DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001364
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001365Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1366supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1367NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1368and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001369Select the version you want with the following line: >
1370
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001371 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372
1373If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001376The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1377alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1378current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1379inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1380Stack Overflow -
1381
1382https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1383
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001384To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1385Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1386anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001387
1388 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1389
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001390If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1391block will be highlighted as an error.
1392
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001393There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001394"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1395is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001396
1397 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1398
1399If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1400
1401
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1403
1404Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001405(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1406idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001407
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001408There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1409explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1410Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001411 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1412or >
1413 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1414
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001415It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1416the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1417adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001418 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001420There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1421and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001422
1423Variable Default Effect ~
1424g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1425g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1426 doxygen comments.
1427
1428doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1429 and html_my_rendering underline.
1430
1431doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1432 colour highlighting.
1433
1434doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001435 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001437There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001438configuration.
1439
1440Highlight Effect ~
1441doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1442 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1443doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1444 \endlink from a \link section.
1445
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001447DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1451
1452 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1453
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001454The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1456
1457 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1458
1459before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1460Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1461'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1462Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1463highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001464delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001465
1466 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1467
1468The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1469
1470
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001471EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001472
1473While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001474syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1475highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1477
1478 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1479
1480Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1481
1482Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1483
1484 :let eiffel_strict=1
1485 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1486
1487Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1488five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1489"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1490
1491Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1492guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1493lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1494
1495If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1496"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1497
1498 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1499
1500instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1501
1502Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1503experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1504
1505 :let eiffel_ise=1
1506
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001507Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508
1509 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1510
1511to your startup file.
1512
1513
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001514EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1515
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001516Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001517version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001518Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1519
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001520Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1521still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1522Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001523
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001524The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1525
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1527 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1528
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001529To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001530auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1531add the following line to your startup file: >
1532
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001533 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001534
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001535< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1538
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001539Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1541file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1542filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1543Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001548Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001549the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1552put the following line in your vimrc: >
1553
1554 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1555
1556To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1557
1558 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001561ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1562
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001563Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1564maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001565
1566The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1567
1568 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1569
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001570Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001571specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1572file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1573filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1574Elixir.
1575
1576
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001577FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1578
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001579FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1580http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001581NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001582development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001583
1584Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1585syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1586editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1587start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1588'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1589(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1590and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1591
1592If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1593move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1594 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1600modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001601following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1603
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001604If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605redefine the following syntax groups:
1606
1607 - formConditional
1608 - formNumber
1609 - formStatement
1610 - formHeaderStatement
1611 - formComment
1612 - formPreProc
1613 - formDirective
1614 - formType
1615 - formString
1616
1617Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1618directives per default in the same syntax group.
1619
1620A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001621header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1623
1624 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1625
1626The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1629
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001630Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1631should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1632the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1633
1634If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1635example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1636 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1637
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001639FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1640
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001641Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1642be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1643edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1644 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001645 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1646
1647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001648FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649
1650Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001651Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1652choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16532023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165490, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1655respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001656items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001657
1658The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1659fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1660the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001661
1662Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001663Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1665
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001669in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1670source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1673
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001674If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1675extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1676file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1677will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1678on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001680When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1683neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001684determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1685using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1686compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001687free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1688different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1689script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1690no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1691fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1692In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1693the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1694happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1695columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1696file.
1697
1698Vendor extensions ~
1699Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1700script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1701created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1702characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1703with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001704 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001705placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1706
1707If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1708set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1709 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1710placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1711
1712To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1713intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1714command such as >
1715 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1716placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001719Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001721Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001722using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1724 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001725placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1727
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001728Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001729Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1730fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001731 :let fortran_fold=1
1732to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1733is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001734subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1735units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1736constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1737fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001739then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001740select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1741be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001743The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1744comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1745non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1746or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001747items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748
1749Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001750Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1751strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1753
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001754For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001755|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001757FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1758
1759FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1760dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1761for how to select the correct dialect.
1762
1763Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1764
1765Variable Highlight ~
1766*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1767*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1768*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1769*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1770
1771
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001773FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
1775In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1776the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1777appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1778patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1779number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1780
1781For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1782as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1783
1784 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1785 \ set filetype=fvwm
1786
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001787GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788
1789The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1790the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1791is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1792are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1793
1794 htmlString
1795 htmlValue
1796 htmlEndTag
1797 htmlTag
1798 htmlTagN
1799
1800Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1801java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1802group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1803correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1804to the contains clause.
1805
1806The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1807group to make them easier to see.
1808
1809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001810GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001811
1812The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1815filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1816(see |filetype.txt|).
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1824
1825If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1826light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1827 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1828To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1829add: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1831To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1832 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1833And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1834 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1835If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1836your .vimrc: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1838
1839The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1840directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001841directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1842operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1844 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1845
1846The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1847automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1848TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850in your .vimrc >
1851 :let lhs_markup = none
1852for no highlighting at all, or >
1853 :let lhs_markup = tex
1854to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1855For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1856this variable, so e.g. >
1857 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001858will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001859set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1860loading a file.
1861
1862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001863HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864
1865The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1866
1867The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1868This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001869closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1870are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871
1872Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1873names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1874makes it easy to spot errors
1875
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001876Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1881text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1882while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001883only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001884<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1887following syntax groups:
1888
1889 - htmlBold
1890 - htmlBoldUnderline
1891 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1892 - htmlUnderline
1893 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1894 - htmlItalic
1895 - htmlTitle for titles
1896 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1897
1898To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1899of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1900following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1901are read during initialization) >
1902 :let html_my_rendering=1
1903
1904If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1905http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1906
1907You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1908vimrc file: >
1909 :let html_no_rendering=1
1910
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001911By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1912line. This can be configured using: >
1913 :let html_minlines = 500
1914<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001915HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1916details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1917However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001918ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001919 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1920
1921JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1922'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001923programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1924currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001925
1926Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1927
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001928There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1929written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001930following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1931(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001932>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1934 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1935
1936Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1937the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1938
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001939 *html-folding*
1940The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1941and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1942
1943 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1944 :set foldmethod=syntax
1945
1946Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1947especially for large files.
1948
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001949
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001950HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951
1952The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1953
1954Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1955doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1956this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1957different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1958 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1959
1960Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1961
1962Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1963signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1964a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1965 :set syntax=htmlos
1966
1967Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1968block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1969
1970
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001971IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001972
1973Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1974how to recognize this filetype.
1975
1976To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1977 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1978
1979
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001980INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001981
1982Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1983most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1984to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1985 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1986
1987By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1988and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1989you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1990need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1991 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1992
1993This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1994set of highlighted system functions.
1995
1996The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1997it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1998by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1999startup sequence: >
2000 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2001
2002By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2003version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2004Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2005startup sequence: >
2006 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2007
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002008IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2009
2010IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2011Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2012
2013IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2014rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002015repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002016
2017There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2018are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2019
2020The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2021
2022Variable Effect ~
2023
2024idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2025 extensions
2026idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2027idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2028 quite helpful)
2029idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2030
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002032JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002034The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002036In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2037flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2038classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2039old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2040 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002042All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2043imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2044 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002046You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2047the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2048prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2049following: >
2050 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002051Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2052
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002053Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2054of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2055you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020571) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002058a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2059of >
2060 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2061 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2062 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2063 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2064 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2065 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2066 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2067 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2068 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002069Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002070
20712) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2072are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2073any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002074 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002075
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002076In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2077 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002078to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2079highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2080to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2081distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2082
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002083If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2084function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2085or compose new ones.
2086
2087Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2088down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2089conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002090 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002091
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002092In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2093should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2094in your startup file: >
2095 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2096to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2097 *Debug debugging statements,
2098and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2099 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2100 *String as DebugString,
2101 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2102 *Type as DebugType,
2103which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2104boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2105respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002106
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002107Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2108creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002109similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
2110inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering diverges as follows:
2111 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2112 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2113 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2114 *SpecialComment special comments.
2115 2. The text is colored as
2116 *Comment comments.
2117 3. HTML comments are colored as
2118 *Special special symbols.
2119 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2120 *Special special symbols
2121 and some of their arguments are colored as
2122 *Function function names.
2123To turn this feature off, add the following line to your startup file: >
2124 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002125
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002126If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2127also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2128embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2129actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2130 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2131 :let g:java_css = 1
2132 :let g:java_vb = 1
2133Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002135Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2136 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2137
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002138When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2139will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2140comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2141default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2142line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2143line otherwise, with >
2144 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2145
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002146Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2147character can be marked as an error with >
2148 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2149but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2150 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2151 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2152
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002153In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2154`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155 :hi link javaParen Comment
2156or >
2157 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2158
2159If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002160when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2161a larger number: >
2162 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002163This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2164displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2165number is that redrawing can become slow.
2166
2167
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002168JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
2169 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002170
2171The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2172default. To disable concealment: >
2173 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2174
2175To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2176 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2177
2178
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002179JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2180
2181To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2182 hi link jqNumber Normal
2183
2184If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2185 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2186
2187
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002188LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189
2190Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2191style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2192define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2193 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2194
2195
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002196LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002197
2198Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2199gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2200 :syn sync minlines=300
2201may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2202difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2203
2204
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002205LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2206
2207To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2208
2209 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2210<
2211
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002212LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2213
2214The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2215
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002216 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002217 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2218 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002219 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002220 of parenthesization will receive different
2221 highlighting.
2222<
2223The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2224the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2225colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2226specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002227usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002228highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2229
2230
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002231LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002232
2233There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2234
2235If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2236
2237 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2238
2239For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2240set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2241
2242 :let lite_minlines = 200
2243
2244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002245LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002246
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002247LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002248file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2249users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2250should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2251
2252 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2253
2254If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002255modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002256
2257 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2258
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002259For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002260
2261 // vim:set ft=c:
2262
2263If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2264
2265There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002266used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002267and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002268assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002269you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2270
2271 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2272
2273For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2274
2275 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2276
2277For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2278
2279 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2280
2281For uLPC series of LPC:
2282uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2283instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2284
2285
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002286LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002287
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002288The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002289the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2290lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022915.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002292
2293 :let lua_version = 5
2294 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002295
2296
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002297MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002298
2299Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002300quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002301signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2302whitespaces and end with a newline.
2303
2304Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002305as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002306only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2307
2308By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002309displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002310with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2311
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002312 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002313
2314
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002315MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002316
2317In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2318errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2319feature off by using: >
2320
2321 :let make_no_commands = 1
2322
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002323Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2324
2325 :let make_no_comments = 1
2326
2327Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2328(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2329because of this, you can try this: >
2330
2331 :let make_microsoft = 1
2332
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002333
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002334MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002335
2336Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2337supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2338The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2339highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2340
2341 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2342
2343to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2344choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23451, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2346$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2347
2348 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2349 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2350 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2351 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2352 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2353 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2354 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2355 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2356 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2357
2358
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002359MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2360 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002361
2362If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2363slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002364the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002365
2366 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2367
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002368If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2369documents you can enable like this: >
2370
2371 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2372
2373To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2374
2375 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2376
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002377
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002378MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002379
2380Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2381have the following in your .vimrc: >
2382
2383 let filetype_m = "mma"
2384
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002385MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2386
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002387By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002388headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2389
2390 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2391
2392If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2393and italic is possible by: >
2394
2395 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002396
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002397MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2398
2399Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2400dialect.
2401
2402The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2403
2404 taggedComment :=
2405 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2406 ;
2407
2408 dialectTag :=
2409 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2410 ;
2411
2412 reserved words
2413 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2414
2415A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2416lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2417additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2418
2419Example: >
2420
2421 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2422 ...
2423
2424Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2425dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2426defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2427
2428Example: >
2429
2430 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2431
2432
2433Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2434variables.
2435
2436Variable Highlight ~
2437*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2438*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2439*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2440
2441*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2442*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2443*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2444
2445*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2446
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002447MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002448
2449If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2450highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2451comments: >
2452
2453 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2454
2455To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2456
2457 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2458
2459To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2460'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2461
2462 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2463
2464Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2465
2466 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2467
2468To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2469
2470 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2471
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002472Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2474To enable this option: >
2475
2476 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2477
2478An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2479
2480 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2481
2482
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002483MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002484
2485There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2486
2487If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2488
2489 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2490
2491For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2492set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2493
2494 :let msql_minlines = 200
2495
2496
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002497N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2498
2499N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2500Couchbase Server databases.
2501
2502Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2503and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2504many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2505
2506
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002507NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002508
2509There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2510
2511If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2512errors, use this: >
2513
2514 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2515
2516If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2517
2518
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002519NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002520
2521The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2522activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2523can use them.
2524
2525For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002526processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002527features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2528|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002529
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002530 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002531
2532Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2533Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2534there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002535you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002536can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2537native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2538\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2539accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2540environments.
2541
2542In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2543follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2544
25451. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2546
25472. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2548 exclamation mark, etc.
2549
25503. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2551 carriage return.
2552
2553The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2554algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2555
2556Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2557furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2558vertical space input will be output as is.
2559
2560Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2561than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2562practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002563marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002564need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2566
2567 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2568
2569Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2570with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2571highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002572"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573
2574 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2575 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2576 \ gui=reverse,bold
2577
2578If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2579with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2580file: >
2581
2582 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2583
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002584As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2586
2587Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2588groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2589
2590
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002591OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002592
2593The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2594.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2595
2596 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2597
2598you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2599by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2600
2601 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2602
2603prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2604contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2605
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002606PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2607
2608By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2609Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002610To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002611
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002612 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002613
2614The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2615
2616 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2617
2618To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2619
2620 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2621
2622This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2623
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002624 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002625 - image
2626 - block
2627 - subscript
2628 - superscript
2629 - strikeout
2630 - atx
2631 - codeblock_start
2632 - codeblock_delim
2633 - footnote
2634 - definition
2635 - list
2636 - newline
2637 - dashes
2638 - ellipses
2639 - quotes
2640 - inlinecode
2641 - inlinemath
2642
2643You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2644footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2645
2646 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2647
2648To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2649
2650 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2651
2652Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2653Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2654and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2655
2656 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2657
2658Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2659specified. Default = 1 >
2660
2661 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2662
2663For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2664list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2665can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2666
2667 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2668
2669To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2670
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002671 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002672
2673"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2674you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2675
2676To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2677
2678 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2679
2680Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2681Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2682
2683 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2684
2685The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2686
2687 :PandocHighlight LANG
2688
2689Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2690syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2691
2692 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2693
2694Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002695
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002696PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002697
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002698The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002700as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2701sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002702you set the variable: >
2703
2704 :let papp_include_html=1
2705
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002706in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002708edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709
2710The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2711http://papp.plan9.de.
2712
2713
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002714PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002715
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002716Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2717could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2718or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002720 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2721 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002722
2723The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2724provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002725Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002726enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2727following line to your startup file: >
2728
2729 :let pascal_traditional=1
2730
2731To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2732keywords, etc): >
2733
2734 :let pascal_delphi=1
2735
2736
2737The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2738*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2739operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2740
2741 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2742
2743Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2744
2745 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2746
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002747Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2749match Turbo Pascal. >
2750
2751 :let pascal_gpc=1
2752
2753or >
2754
2755 :let pascal_fpc=1
2756
2757To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2758pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2759
2760 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2761
2762If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2763will be highlighted as Error. >
2764
2765 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2766
2767
2768
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002769PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770
2771There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2772
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002773Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2774to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2775files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002776
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002777 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002778
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002779To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002780off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002781
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002782To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2783from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002784
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002785 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002786
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002787(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2788enabled it.)
2789
2790If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2791
2792 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2793
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002794(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002795
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002796The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2797be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002798perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2799
2800 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2801 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2802 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2803
2804(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2805
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002806The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002807synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2808If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002809then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2810you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002811
2812One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2813
2814 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2815 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2816
2817Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2818its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2819
2820 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2821
2822If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2823
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002824 :let perl_fold = 1
2825
2826If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2827
2828 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002829
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002830Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2831this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002832
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002833 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002834
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002835Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2836via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002837
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002838 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2839
2840Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2841behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2842
2843 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002845PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002846
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002847[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002848it has been renamed to "php"]
2849
2850There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2851
2852If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2853
2854 let php_sql_query = 1
2855
2856For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2857
2858 let php_baselib = 1
2859
2860Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2861
2862 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2863
2864Using the old colorstyle: >
2865
2866 let php_oldStyle = 1
2867
2868Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2869
2870 let php_asp_tags = 1
2871
2872Disable short tags: >
2873
2874 let php_noShortTags = 1
2875
2876For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2877
2878 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2879
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002880For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002881one: >
2882
2883 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2884
2885Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2886
2887 let php_folding = 1
2888
2889Selecting syncing method: >
2890
2891 let php_sync_method = x
2892
2893x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2894x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2895x = 0 to sync from start.
2896
2897
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002898PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2899
2900TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2901variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002902see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002903
2904This syntax file has the option >
2905
2906 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2907
2908if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2909
2910
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002911PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912
2913PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2914
2915This syntax file has the options:
2916
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002917- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002918 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002919
2920 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002921 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002922
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002923 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002924 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002925 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926
2927 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2928
2929- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2930 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2931
2932
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002933PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002934
2935There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2936
2937If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2938
2939 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2940
2941For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2942set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2943
2944 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2945
2946
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002947POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948
2949There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2950
2951First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2952currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2953and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2954Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2955extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2956level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2957highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2958
2959 :let postscr_level=2
2960
2961If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2962the most prevalent version currently.
2963
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002964Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002965particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2966PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2967
2968If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2969Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2970follows: >
2971
2972 :let postscr_display=1
2973
2974If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2975Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2976postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2977
2978 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2979
2980PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2981useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2982cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2983character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2984explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2985highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2986
2987 :let postscr_fonts=1
2988 :let postscr_encodings=1
2989
2990There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2991PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2992operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2993if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2994operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2995or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2996highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2997postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2998
2999 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3000<
3001
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003002 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3003PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004
3005This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3006
3007In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3008the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3009appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3010patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3011"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3012
3013For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3014files, add the following: >
3015
3016 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3017 \ set filetype=ptcap
3018
3019If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3020are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3021internal variable to a larger number: >
3022
3023 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3024
3025(The default is 20 lines.)
3026
3027
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003028PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029
3030Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3031doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3032startup vimrc: >
3033 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3034The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3035Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3036 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3037 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3038
3039
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003040PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003042There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003043
3044For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003045 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003046
3047For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003048 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003049
3050For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003051 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3052
3053For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3054 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3055or >
3056 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003057The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003058
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003059For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003060 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003061
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003062If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003063 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003064This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3065unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003066
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003067If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3068you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003069Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3070 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003071This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3072
3073Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3074 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3075
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003076
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003077QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003078
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003079The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3080based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3081between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3082definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3083to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3084be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003085
3086set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3087 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3088
3089set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3090 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3091
3092set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3093 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3094
3095Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3096commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3097
3098
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003099R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3100
3101The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3102can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3103 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3104
3105You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3106 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3107
3108enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3109braces: >
3110 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3111
3112and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3113 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3114
3115
3116R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3117
3118To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3119 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3120
3121To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3122 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3123
3124To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3125 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3126
3127By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003128language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3129highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3130is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3131behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3132and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3133 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3134 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3135 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3136 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3137 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3138
3139If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3140list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3141the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003142 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3143
3144
3145R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3146
3147To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3148 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3149
3150
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003151RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3152
3153Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003154rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003155inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3156as rasi files: .rasi.
3157
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003158READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003159
3160The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003161few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003162items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3163command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3164 let readline_has_bash = 1
3165
3166This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3167later, and part earlier) adds.
3168
3169
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003170REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3171
3172Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3173language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3174the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3175
3176
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003177RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3178
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003179Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3180select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3181syntax list.
3182
3183To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003184 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003185
3186To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3187`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3188 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003189 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3190 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003191 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003192 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003193
3194To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3195 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3196
3197To enable folding of sections: >
3198 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3199
3200Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3201
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003203REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204
3205If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3206when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3207to a larger number: >
3208 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3209This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3210displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3211number is that redrawing can become slow.
3212
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003213Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3214comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3215your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3216>
3217 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3218
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003219
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003220RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003221
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003222 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3223 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3224 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3225 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3226 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3227
3228 *ruby_operators*
3229 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3230
3231Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3232
3233 :let ruby_operators = 1
3234<
3235 *ruby_space_errors*
3236 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3237
3238Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3239
3240 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3241<
3242This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3243as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3244"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3245spaces respectively.
3246
3247 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3248 Ruby: Folding ~
3249
3250Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3251
3252 :let ruby_fold = 1
3253<
3254This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3255buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3256filetypes.
3257
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003258Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3259"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3260
3261You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3262
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003263 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003264<
3265The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3266
3267 keyword meaning ~
3268 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3269 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3270 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003271 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003272 def "def" block
3273 class "class" block
3274 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003275 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003276 begin "begin" block
3277 case "case" block
3278 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003279 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3280 [ Array literal
3281 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3282 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003283 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003284 : Symbol
3285 # Multiline comment
3286 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003287 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3288
3289 *ruby_no_expensive*
3290 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003291
3292By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003293of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003294experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3295you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003296
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003298<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003299In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3300
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003301 *ruby_minlines*
3302
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003303If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3304scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3305the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003307 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003308<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3310largest class or module.
3311
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003312 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3313 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003314
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003315Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3316"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003317
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003318 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003319<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003321SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003322
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003323By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003324
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003325scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3326Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003327
3328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003329SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003330
3331The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3332of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3333
3334The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3335case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003336used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003337highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3338 :let sdl_2000=1
3339
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003340This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003341keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3342 :let SDL_no_96=1
3343
3344
3345The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3346satisfied with it for my own projects.
3347
3348
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003349SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003350
3351To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003352highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003353
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003354 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3355<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3357inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3358by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3359also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3360you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3361
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003362GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3363comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3364comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3365
3366 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3367<
3368Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3369not (yet) affected by this setting.
3370
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371Bugs:
3372
3373 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3374 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3375 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3376 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3377 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3378 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3379
3380
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003381SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003382
3383The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3384
3385The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3386This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3387closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3388defined for you)
3389
3390Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3391names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3392
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003393Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003394names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3395
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003396Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003397are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3398text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3399<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3400
3401If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3402following syntax groups:
3403
3404 - sgmlBold
3405 - sgmlBoldItalic
3406 - sgmlUnderline
3407 - sgmlItalic
3408 - sgmlLink for links
3409
3410To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3411following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3412are read during initialization) >
3413 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3414
3415You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3416vimrc file: >
3417 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3418
3419(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3420
3421
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003422 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003423SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003424
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003425This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3426shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003427
3428Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003429various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003430
3431 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3432 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3433<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003434See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3435cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3436/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3437that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3438shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3439symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003441One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003442variables in your <.vimrc>:
3443
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003444 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003445 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003446< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003447 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003448< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003449 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003450< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003451 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003452
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003453< (dash users should use posix)
3454
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003455If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3456default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003457the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3458statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003459sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003460
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003461The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3462
3463 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3464 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3465 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3466 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003467>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003468then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003469syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3470to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003471
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003472 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3473
3474If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3475when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003476to a larger number. Example: >
3477
3478 let sh_minlines = 500
3479
3480This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3481displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3482number is that redrawing can become slow.
3483
3484If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3485reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3486
3487 let sh_maxlines = 100
3488<
3489The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3490speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3491
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003492syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003493unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003494for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3495the following line in your .vimrc: >
3496
3497 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3498<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003499
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003500 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3501 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003502
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003503You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3504Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3505file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3506
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003507 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003508 " ==============
3509 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3510 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3511 unlet b:current_syntax
3512 endif
3513 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3514 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3515 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3516 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3517 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3518<
3519This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3520 awk '...awk code here...'
3521be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3522extended to other languages.
3523
3524
3525SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3526(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003527
3528The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3529
3530- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3531 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3532 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3533
3534- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3535 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003536 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003537 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3538 them in the syntax file.
3539
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003540- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003541 highlighting of # style comments.
3542
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003543 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003544 number of #s.
3545
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003546 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003547 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003548
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003549 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003550 more than one #.
3551
3552Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003553PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3555the syntax file.
3556
3557
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003558SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3559 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003560 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003561
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003562While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3563custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3564SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003565
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003566Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3567scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3568supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3569buffer by buffer basis.
3570
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003571For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003572
3573
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003574SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3575
3576Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3577designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3578bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3579with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3580
3581
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003582TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003583
3584This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3585for how the filetype is detected.
3586
3587Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003588is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3589add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590
3591 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3592
3593If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3594when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3595to a larger number: >
3596
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003597 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003598
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003599This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3600displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3601synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3602tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3603redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003604
3605
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003606TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003607 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003608
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003609 Tex Contents~
3610 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3611 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3612 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3613 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3614 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3615 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3616 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3617 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3618 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3619 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3620 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3621 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3622 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003623 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003624 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003625
3626 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003627 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003628
3629As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3630sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3631 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3632in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3633modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3634 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003635If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003636 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003637<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003638 *g:tex_nospell*
3639 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3640
3641If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3642 let g:tex_nospell=1
3643into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3644comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3645
3646 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003647 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003648
3649Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3650prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3651this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3652 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003653If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3654see |g:tex_nospell|.
3655
3656 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003657 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003658
3659Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3660one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3661want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3662 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003663<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003664 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003665 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003666
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003667The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3668highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3669texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3670terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3671as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003672special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3673 %stopzone
3674which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3675texMathZone.
3676
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003677 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003678 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003679
3680If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3681 :syn sync maxlines=200
3682 :syn sync minlines=50
3683(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003684increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003685if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3686
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003687Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3688|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3689
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003690 *g:tex_fast*
3691
3692Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3693
3694 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3695
3696in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3697highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3698synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3699price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3700folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3701
3702You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3703selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3704
3705 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3706 c : allow texComment syntax
3707 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3708 M : allow texMath syntax
3709 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3710 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3711 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3712 S : allow texStyle syntax
3713 v : allow verbatim syntax
3714 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3715<
3716As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3717but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003718(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003719
3720 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003721 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003722
3723LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3724of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3725package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3726it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3727techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003728by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3729which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3730http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003731
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003732I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3733
3734 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3735<
3736The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3737
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003738 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003739 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003740
3741The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3742although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3743errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3744you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003745 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003746and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003747
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003748 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003749 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003750
3751If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3752code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003753 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3754You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3755(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3756As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3757 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3758You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3759and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3760The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3761has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003762
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003763 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003764 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003765
3766One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3767commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3768following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3769such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3770
3771 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3772 :set ft=tex
3773
3774Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3775always accept such use of @.
3776
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003777 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003778 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003779
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003780If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3781number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3782including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3783superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3784superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3785In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3786
3787One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3788with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003789
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003790 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003791 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3792
3793You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003794<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3795for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003796
3797 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003798 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003799 d = delimiters
3800 m = math symbols
3801 g = Greek
3802 s = superscripts/subscripts
3803<
3804By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3805substitution will not be made.
3806
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003807 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3808 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3809
3810Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3811keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3812syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3813
3814 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3815 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3816 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003817 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003818 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3819 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3820 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003821 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003822
3823 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3824 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3825
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003826 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3827 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3828
3829 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3830
3831 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3832 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3833
3834 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3835 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3836 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3837 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3838
3839 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3840 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3841<
3842 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3843 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3844 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3845< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3846 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3847
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003848 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3849 Tex: Match Check Control~
3850
3851 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003852 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3853 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003854 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3855 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3856 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3857< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3858 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3859 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3860< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3861 regions, >
3862 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3863< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003864
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003865TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003866
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003867There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3868
3869For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3870set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3871
3872 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3873<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003874TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3875 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3876
3877There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3878
3879 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3880When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3881are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3882
3883 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3884<
3885The default value is 1.
3886
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003887TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3888
3889 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3890Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3891|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3892names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3893
3894 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3895
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003896VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3897 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003898There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003899updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3900g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3901improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003903 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3904 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3905<
3906 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3907 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003908
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003909 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3910The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3911embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003912
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003913 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003914 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3915 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3916 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3917 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3918 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3919 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003920<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003921By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003922itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003923types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3924mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003925 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003926Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003927
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003928 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3929 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3930 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003931 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3932 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003933 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3934 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3935 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3936 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3937 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3938 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003939<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003940
3941By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003942to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3943g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003944
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003945 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3946By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3947setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3948
3949 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003950Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3951is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003952highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003953
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003954 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3955<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003956
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003957
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003958WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3959
3960The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3961with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3962bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3963https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3964
3965
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003966XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967
3968The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3969variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3970You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3971xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3972your .vimrc. Example: >
3973 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3974When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3975
3976Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3977"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3978highlighted.
3979
3980
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003981XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003982
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003983Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003984setting a global variable: >
3985
3986 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3987<
3988 *xml-folding*
3989The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003990start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991
3992 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3993 :set foldmethod=syntax
3994
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003995Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003996especially for large files.
3997
3998
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003999X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004000
4001xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4002XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4003you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4004
4005To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4006somewhere else with "P".
4007
4008Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4009 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004010 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004012 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4013 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014 :endfunction
4015 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4016 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4017This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4018It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4019must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4020
4021It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4022 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4023
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004024
4025YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4026
4027 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004028A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4029non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4030plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4031and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4032integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004033will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4034
4035Schema Description ~
4036failsafe No additional highlighting.
4037json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4038core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004039pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4040 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4041 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004042 schema.
4043
4044Default schema is `core`.
4045
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004046Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4047only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004048difference defined in the syntax file.
4049
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004050
4051ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4052
4053The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4054
4055 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4056
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004057==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040586. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004059
4060Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4061
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040621. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004063 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4064 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4065 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4066 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4067 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4068 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004069
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040702. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004071 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4072
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040733. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004074 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4075 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4076 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4077
4078Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4079you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4080to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4081and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4082"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4083one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4084This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4085each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4086for a lot of groups.
4087
4088Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4089group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4090for the syntax group with the same name.
4091
4092In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4093defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4094using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4095match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4096keyword with ignoring case.
4097
4098
4099PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4100
4101When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4102
41031. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4104 defined last has priority.
41052. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
41063. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4107 start in later positions.
4108
4109
4110DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4111
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004112:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004113 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4114 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4115 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4116 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4117
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004118:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004119 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004120
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004121
4122DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4123
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004124:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4125:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004126 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4127 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4128
4129 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4130 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4131
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004132 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004133 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4134 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4135 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4136
4137:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004138 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4139 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004140
4141 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4142
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004143SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4144
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004145:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4146:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4147:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004148 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4149 in a syntax item:
4150
4151 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4152 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4153 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4154
4155 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4156 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4157 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4158
4159 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4160
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004161:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004162 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4163 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004164
4165
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004166SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4167
4168:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4169 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4170 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4171
4172 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4173 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004174 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004175
4176 Example: >
4177 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4178<
4179 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4180 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4181 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4182
4183 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4184
4185 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004186 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004187 match.
4188
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004189 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4190 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004191 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004192
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004193DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4194
4195:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4196
4197 This defines a number of keywords.
4198
4199 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4200 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4201 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4202
4203 Example: >
4204 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4205<
4206 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4207 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4208 These examples do exactly the same: >
4209 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4210 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4211 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004212< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004213 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4214 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4215 variations at once: >
4216 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4217<
4218 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4219 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4220 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4221 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4222 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004223 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004224
4225 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4226 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4227 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4228
4229 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4230 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4231 instead.
4232
4233 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4234
4235 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4236 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4237 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004238 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004239 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4240 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4241< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4242 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4243 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4244
4245
4246DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4247
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004248:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4249 [excludenl]
4250 [keepend]
4251 {pattern}
4252 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004253
4254 This defines one match.
4255
4256 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4257 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4258 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4259 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4260 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004261 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4262 match with the end pattern. See
4263 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004264 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4265 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4266 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4267 line, which makes the match depend on where
4268 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4269 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4270
4271 Example (match a character constant): >
4272 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4273<
4274
4275DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4276 *E398* *E399*
4277:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4278 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4279 [keepend]
4280 [extend]
4281 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004282 start={start-pattern} ..
4283 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4284 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004285 [{options}]
4286
4287 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4288
4289 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4290 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4291 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4292 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4293 for the text in between the matched start and
4294 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4295 a different group for the start or end match.
4296 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4297 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4298 match with the end pattern. See
4299 |:syn-keepend|.
4300 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004301 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004302 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4303 extend a containing match or item. Only
4304 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4305 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004306 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004307 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004308 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004309 the region where not to look for the end
4310 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004311 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004312 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4313
4314 Example: >
4315 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4316<
4317 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4318 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4319 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4320 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4321 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4322 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4323
4324 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4325 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4326 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4327 the end patterns.
4328
4329 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4330 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4331 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4332
4333 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4334 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4335 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4336 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4337
4338 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4339 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4340 work: >
4341 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4342 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4343< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4344 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4345 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4346 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4347 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4348< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4349 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4350
4351 *:syn-keepend*
4352 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4353 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4354 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4355 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4356 { starts outer "{}" region
4357 { starts contained "{}" region
4358 } ends contained "{}" region
4359 } ends outer "{} region
4360 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4361 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4362 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4363 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4364 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4365 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4366 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4367< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4368 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4369
4370 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4371 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4372 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4373 contained matches.
4374 *:syn-extend*
4375 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4376 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4377 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4378 extended.
4379 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4380 others don't. Example: >
4381
4382 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4383 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4384 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4385
4386< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4387 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4388 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4389
4390 Another example: >
4391 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4392< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4393 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4394 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4395 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4396 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4397
4398 *:syn-excludenl*
4399 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4400 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4401 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4402 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4403 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4404 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4405 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4406 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4407 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4408 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4409 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4410 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4411 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4412
4413 *:syn-matchgroup*
4414 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4415 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4416 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4417< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4418 between with the "String" group.
4419 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4420 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4421 using a matchgroup.
4422
4423 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4424 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4425 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4426 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4427 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4428
4429 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4430 different colors: >
4431 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4432 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4433 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4434 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4435 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4436 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004437<
4438 *E849*
4439The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004440
4441==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044427. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004443
4444The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4445The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4446and may be mixed with patterns.
4447
4448Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4449can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004450 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004451 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4452:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4453:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4454:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004455
4456These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004457 conceal
4458 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004459 contained
4460 containedin
4461 nextgroup
4462 transparent
4463 skipwhite
4464 skipnl
4465 skipempty
4466
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004467conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4468
4469When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004470Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004471'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4472concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4473edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004474
4475Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4476bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004477
4478concealends *:syn-concealends*
4479
4480When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4481the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4482Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4483'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004484in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4485|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4486items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004487
4488cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004489 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004490The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4491when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4492argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004493character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4494a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004495 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004496See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004497
4498contained *:syn-contained*
4499
4500When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4501the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4502another match. Example: >
4503 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4504 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4505
4506
4507display *:syn-display*
4508
4509If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4510detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4511by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4512to be displayed.
4513
4514Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4515conditions:
4516- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4517 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4518 line.
4519- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4520 make it continue on the next line.
4521- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4522 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4523 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4524- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4525 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4526 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4527 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4528
4529Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4530- match with a number
4531- match with a label
4532
4533
4534transparent *:syn-transparent*
4535
4536If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4537itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4538is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4539only to skip over a part of the text.
4540
4541The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4542unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4543avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4544highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4545 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4546 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4547 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4548 :hi link myString String
4549 :hi link myWord Comment
4550Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4551match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4552argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4553it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4554out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004555"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004556happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4557position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4558
4559When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4560items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4561see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4562through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4563
4564 look from here
4565
4566 | | | | | |
4567 V V V V V V
4568
4569 xxxx yyy more contained items
4570 .................... contained item (transparent)
4571 ============================= first item
4572
4573The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4574transparent group.
4575
4576What you see is:
4577
4578 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4579
4580Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4581
4582
4583oneline *:syn-oneline*
4584
4585The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4586boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4587region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4588the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4589continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4590line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4591
4592When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4593pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4594end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4595means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4596be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4597line break.
4598
4599
4600fold *:syn-fold*
4601
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004602The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004603Example: >
4604 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4605 :syn sync fromstart
4606 :set foldmethod=syntax
4607This will make each {} block form one fold.
4608
4609The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4610ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4611The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004612See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4613from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004614{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4615
4616
4617 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004618contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004619
4620The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4621groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4622containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4623regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4624this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4625here.
4626
4627contains=ALL
4628 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4629 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4630
4631contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4632 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4633 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4634 are listed. Example: >
4635 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4636
4637contains=TOP
4638 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4639 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4640 argument.
4641contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4642 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4643
4644contains=CONTAINED
4645 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4646 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4647 argument.
4648contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4649 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4650 listed.
4651
4652
4653The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4654that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4655The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4656 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4657The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4658that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4659command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4660syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4661the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4662group names.
4663
4664The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4665region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4666|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4667region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4668area that is highlighted
4669
4670
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004671containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004672
4673The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4674item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4675containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4676
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004677The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004678
4679This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4680be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4681of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4682the C syntax: >
4683 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4684Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4685level.
4686
4687Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4688appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4689keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4690work.
4691
4692
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004693nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004694
4695The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4696separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4697
4698If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4699tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4700a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4701will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4702current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4703other groups. Example: >
4704 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4705 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4706 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4707
4708This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4709"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4710highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4711
4712 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4713 fff bbb fff bbb
4714
4715Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4716when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4717highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4718would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4719
4720
4721skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4722skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4723skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4724
4725These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4726used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004727 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004728 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4729 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4730
4731When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4732next group that matches the white space.
4733
4734When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4735line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4736line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4737the current item in the same line.
4738
4739When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4740groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4741for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4742space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4743
4744Example: >
4745 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4746 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4747 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4748Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4749match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4750precedence.
4751Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4752"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4753example).
4754
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004755IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4756
4757:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4758 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4759 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4760 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4761 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4762 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4763 given explicitly.
4764
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004765:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004766 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004767
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004768==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047698. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004770
4771In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4772characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4773use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4774use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4775 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4776 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4777
4778See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004779always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004780value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4781not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4782independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4783
4784Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4785This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4786
4787 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4788The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4789change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4790match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4791are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4792pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4793
4794The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4795The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4796
4797ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4798me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4799hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4800he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4801rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4802re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4803lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4804
4805The {offset} can be:
4806
4807s start of the matched pattern
4808s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4809s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4810e end of the matched pattern
4811e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4812e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004813{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004814
4815Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4816
4817Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4818meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4819
4820 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4821match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4822region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4823region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4824region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4825
4826Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4827 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4828<
4829 some "string" text
4830 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4831
4832Notes:
4833- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4834 offset(s).
4835- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4836- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4837 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004838- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004839 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004840 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004841- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4842 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4843 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4844
4845Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4846 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4847<
4848 /* this is a comment */
4849 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4850
4851A more complicated Example: >
4852 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4853<
4854 abcfoostringbarabc
4855 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004856 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004857
4858Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4859
4860Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4861with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004862in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004863
4864The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4865be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4866cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4867characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4868used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4869specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4870
4871 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4872 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4873 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4874<
4875 ___zzzz ___wwww
4876 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4877 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4878 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4879
4880The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4881unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4882
4883
4884Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4885
4886The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4887expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4888
4889When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4890allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004891following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4892the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004893
4894The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4895continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4896matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4897halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4898previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4899is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4900 x x a
4901 b x x
4902Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4903after the "\n".
4904
4905
4906External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4907
4908These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4909
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004910 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004911 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4912 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4913 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004914
4915 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4916 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4917 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4918 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4919
4920Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4921sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4922shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4923items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4924referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4925example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4926 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4927
4928As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4929it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004930changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004931first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4932also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004933 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004934
4935Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4936indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4937to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4938Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4939within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4940sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4941the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4942
4943Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4944cannot be referred to.
4945
4946==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010049479. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004948
4949:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4950 [add={group-name}..]
4951 [remove={group-name}..]
4952
4953This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4954single name.
4955
4956 contains={group-name}..
4957 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4958 add={group-name}..
4959 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4960 remove={group-name}..
4961 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4962
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004963A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4964nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4965this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004966
4967Example: >
4968 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4969 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4970
4971As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4972retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4973to speak: >
4974 :syntax keyword A aaa
4975 :syntax keyword B bbb
4976 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4977 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4978 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4979
4980This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4981 :syntax keyword A aaa
4982 :syntax keyword B bbb
4983 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4984 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4985 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4986 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4987 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004988<
4989 *E848*
4990The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004991
4992==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100499310. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004994
4995It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4996a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4997two different ways:
4998
4999 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5000 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5001 the |:runtime| command: >
5002
5003 " In cpp.vim:
5004 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5005 :unlet b:current_syntax
5006
5007< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5008 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5009 ":syntax include" command:
5010
5011:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5012
5013 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5014 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5015 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5016 that list. >
5017
5018 " In perl.vim:
5019 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5020 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5021<
5022 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5023 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5024 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5025 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5026 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005027 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5028 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005029
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005030 *E847*
5031The maximum number of includes is 999.
5032
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005033==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100503411. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005035
5036Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5037make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5038redrawing starts.
5039
5040:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5041
5042There are four ways to synchronize:
50431. Always parse from the start of the file.
5044 |:syn-sync-first|
50452. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5046 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5047 |:syn-sync-second|
50483. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5049 |:syn-sync-third|
50504. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5051 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5052
5053 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5054For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5055limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5056
5057If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5058that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5059lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5060
5061If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5062for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5063adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5064slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005065 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005066<
5067 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5068When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5069cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5070start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5071the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5072break use this: >
5073 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5074The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5075change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5076value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5077
5078
5079First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5080>
5081 :syntax sync fromstart
5082
5083The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5084accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5085so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005086when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005087case: to the end of the file).
5088
5089Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5090
5091
5092Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5093
5094For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5095Example: >
5096 :syntax sync ccomment
5097
5098When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5099comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5100used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5101An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5102 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5103This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5104used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5105region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5106
5107The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5108lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5109lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5110lines, but it hard to sync on).
5111
5112Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5113that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5114is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5115chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5116is hardly ever noticed.
5117
5118
5119Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5120
5121For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5122Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5123means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5124Example: >
5125 :syntax sync minlines=50
5126
5127"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5128
5129
5130Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5131
5132The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5133sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5134region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5135starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5136the search continues backwards in the file.
5137
5138This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5139matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5140- Keywords cannot be used.
5141- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5142 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5143- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5144 forwards.
5145- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5146 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5147 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005148 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005149- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5150 group of continued lines).
5151- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5152 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5153 line (or group of continued lines).
5154- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5155 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005156 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005157 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5158
5159There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
51601. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5161 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5162 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5163 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51642. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5165 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5166 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5167 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5168Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5169
5170Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5171avoid finding unwanted matches.
5172
5173[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5174search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5175highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5176faster.]
5177
5178 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5179 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5180
5181 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5182 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5183 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5184 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5185 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5186
5187 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5188 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5189
5190 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5191 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5192 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5193 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5194 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5195 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5196 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5197 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5198 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5199 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5200
5201 :syntax sync match ..
5202 :syntax sync region ..
5203
5204 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5205 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5206
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005207 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005208 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5209
5210 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5211 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5212 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5213
5214If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5215searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5216few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5217 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5218
5219You can clear all sync settings with: >
5220 :syntax sync clear
5221
5222You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5223 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5224
5225==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100522612. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005227
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005228This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005229
5230 :sy[ntax] [list]
5231
5232To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5233
5234 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5235
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005236To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005237
5238 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5239
5240See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5241
5242Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5243is mostly used, because it looks better.
5244
5245==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100524613. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005247
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005248In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005249and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5250of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005251
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005252 colorscheme pablo
5253<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005254 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005255:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5256 This is basically the same as >
5257 :echo g:colors_name
5258< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5259 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5260 feature it will output "unknown".
5261
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005262:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005263 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005264 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005265 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5266 "start" and then under "opt".
5267
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005268 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005269 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005270
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005271You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5272appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5273the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5274darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005275
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005276 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5277 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005278<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005279For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5280use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5281the original color scheme: >
5282 runtime colors/evening.vim
5283 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005284
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005285Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5286(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5287autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5288|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5289
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005290 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005291If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5292using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5293color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5294 augroup my_colorschemes
5295 au!
5296 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5297 augroup END
5298
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005299Change a couple more colors: >
5300 augroup my_colorschemes
5301 au!
5302 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005303 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005304 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5305 augroup END
5306
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005307If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5308colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5309 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5310 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5311
5312With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5313different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5314group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5315you can find them here:
5316https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5317
5318For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5319 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5320
5321
5322==============================================================================
532314. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5324
5325There are three types of highlight groups:
5326- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5327 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5328 linked to a group of the second type.
5329- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5330- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5331 *hitest.vim*
5332You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5333 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5334This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5335in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005336
5337:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5338 attributes set.
5339
5340:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5341 List one highlight group.
5342
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005343 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005344:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005345 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005346 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5347 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005348 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005349
5350:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5351:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5352 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5353 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5354
5355:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5356 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005357 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005358 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005359 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005360 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5361 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5362 argument.
5363
5364Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5365default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5366highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5367values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5368the default value.
5369
5370A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5371a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5372
5373 :hi Comment gui=bold
5374
5375Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5376specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5377result is like this single command has been used: >
5378 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5379<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005380 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005381When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5382also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5383 :verbose hi Comment
5384< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005385 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005386
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005387When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5388mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005390 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5391There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5392term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005393cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394 termcap entry)
5395gui the GUI
5396
5397For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5398the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5399
54001. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5401
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005402 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005403 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5404 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5405 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005406term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005407 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005408 following items (in any order):
5409 bold
5410 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005411 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005412 underdouble not always available
5413 underdotted not always available
5414 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005415 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005416 reverse
5417 inverse same as reverse
5418 italic
5419 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005420 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5422
5423 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5424 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005425 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005426 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005427 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005428 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5429 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5430 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5431 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5432 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5433
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005434< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5435 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5436 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5437 have to specify the codes like this: >
5438 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5439 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5440 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5441< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5442 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5443 fallback.
5444
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005445
5446start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5447stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5448 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5449 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5450
5451 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5452 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5453 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5454 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5455 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5456 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5457 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5458
5459 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5460
5461 1. A string with escape sequences.
5462 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5463 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5464 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5465 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5466
5467 2. A list of terminal codes.
5468 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5469 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5470 White space is not allowed. Example:
5471 start=t_C1,t_BL
5472 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5473
5474
54752. highlight arguments for color terminals
5476
5477cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5478 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5479 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5480 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5481 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005482 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5483 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5484 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005485
5486ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5487ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005488ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5489 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5490 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5491
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005492 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5493 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5494 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5495 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5496 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5497 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5498
5499 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5500 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5501 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5502 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5503 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005504 *tmux*
5505 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5506 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005507 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5508 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005509< More info at:
5510 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5511 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005512
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005513 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5514 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5515 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005516 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5517 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5518
5519 *cterm-colors*
5520 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5521 0 0 Black
5522 1 4 DarkBlue
5523 2 2 DarkGreen
5524 3 6 DarkCyan
5525 4 1 DarkRed
5526 5 5 DarkMagenta
5527 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5528 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5529 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5530 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5531 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5532 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5533 12 1* Red, LightRed
5534 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5535 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5536 15 7* White
5537
5538 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5539 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5540 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5541 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5542 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5543 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5544 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5545 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5546 a number instead of a color name.
5547
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005548 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5549 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005550 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005551 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5552 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005553
5554 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5555 colors!
5556
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005557 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5558
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005559 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5560 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5561 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5562 Example: >
5563 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5564< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005565 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5566 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5567 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5568 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5569 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005570 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005571 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005572 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573
5574 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5575 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5576 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5577 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005578 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5579 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5580 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5581 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5582 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005583 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5584< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005585 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005586 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5587
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005588ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5589 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5590 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5591 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5592 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5593 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5594 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5595 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005596
55973. highlight arguments for the GUI
5598
5599gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5600 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5601 See |attr-list| for a description.
5602 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5603 have the same effect.
5604 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5605
5606font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5607 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5608 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5609 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5610<
5611 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5612 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5613 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5614 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005615 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005616 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5617 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5618 changed.
5619 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5620 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5621 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005622 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5623 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5624 Example: >
5625 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005626
5627guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5628guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005629guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5630 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005631 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5632 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005633 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005634 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005635 bg use normal background color
5636 background use normal background color
5637 fg use normal foreground color
5638 foreground use normal foreground color
5639 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5640 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5641 Example: >
5642 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5643<
5644 *gui-colors*
5645 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5646 Red LightRed DarkRed
5647 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5648 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5649 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5650 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5651 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5652 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5653 Black White
5654 Orange Purple Violet
5655
5656 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5657 |win32-colors|.
5658
5659 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5660 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5661 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005662 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005663 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005664 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005665 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005666<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005667 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005668 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5669 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005670
5671 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5672 # override it.
5673 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5674 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5675<
5676 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5677 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5678 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5679 scheme: >
5680
5681 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5682 colorscheme alt
5683<
5684 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5685 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5686 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5687 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5688 by a color scheme using: >
5689
5690 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5691 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5692<
5693
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005694 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5695These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5696'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5697of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5698command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005699When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5700unreadable use Visual selection.
5701
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005702 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005703ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005704 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005705Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5706 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005707 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005708Cursor Character under the cursor.
5709lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5710 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005711 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005712CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005713 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005714CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005715 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005716CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005717 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005718Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005719 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005720DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005721 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005722DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005723 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005724DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005725 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005726DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005727 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005728EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005729 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005730 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005731ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005732 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005733VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005734 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005735Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005736 *hl-FoldColumn*
5737FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5738 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005739SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005740 *hl-IncSearch*
5741IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005742 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005743 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005744LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005745 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005746 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5747LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5748 option is set, above the cursor line.
5749 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5750LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5751 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005752 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005753CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5754 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005755 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5756CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005757 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5758CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005759 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005760MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005761 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005762 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005763MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5764 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005765 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005766ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005767 *hl-MsgArea*
5768MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5769 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770 *hl-MoreMsg*
5771MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5772 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005773NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5774 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5775 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5776 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5777 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005778 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005779Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005780 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005781Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005782 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005783PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005784 *hl-PmenuKind*
5785PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5786 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5787PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5788 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5789PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5790 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5791PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005792 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005793PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005794 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5795PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005796 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005797PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005798 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005799PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005800 *hl-PopupNotification*
5801PopupNotification
5802 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5803 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005804 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005805Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005806 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5807QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005808 *hl-Search*
5809Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005810 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005811 *hl-CurSearch*
5812CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005813 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5814 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005815 *hl-SpecialKey*
5816SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5817 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005818 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005819 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005820 *hl-SpellBad*
5821SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5822 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005823 *hl-SpellCap*
5824SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5825 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005826 *hl-SpellLocal*
5827SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5828 used in another region. |spell|
5829 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5830 *hl-SpellRare*
5831SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5832 hardly ever used. |spell|
5833 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005834 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005835StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005836 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5837StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005838 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005839 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005840 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005841StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005842 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005843StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5844 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005845 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005846TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005847 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005848TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005849 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005850TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005851 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005852Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005853 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005854Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005855 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005856Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005857 *hl-VisualNOS*
5858VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5859 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5860 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005861WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005862 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005863WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005864
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005865 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005866The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005867statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005868
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005869For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005870scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5871Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5872and guifg.
5873
5874 *hl-Menu*
5875Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5876 Also used for the toolbar.
5877 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5878
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005879 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005880 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5881 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5882 set.
5883
5884 *hl-Scrollbar*
5885Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5886 scrollbars.
5887 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5888
5889 *hl-Tooltip*
5890Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5891 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5892
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005893 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005894 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5895 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5896 set.
5897
5898==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589915. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005900
5901When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5902can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5903group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5904
5905To set a link:
5906
5907 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5908
5909To remove a link:
5910
5911 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5912
5913Notes: *E414*
5914- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5915 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5916- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5917 removed.
5918- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5919 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5920 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5921 links for groups that already have settings.
5922
5923 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5924The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5925group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5926will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5927
5928Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5929specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5930 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5931If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5932 :highlight link cComment Question
5933Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5934overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5935
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005936To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5937highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5938another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5939"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5940 highlight! default link cComment Question
5941
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005942==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100594316. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005944
5945If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5946command: >
5947 :syntax clear
5948
5949This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5950or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5951in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5952load the syntax file.
5953The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5954loaded after this command.
5955
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005956To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5957 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5958This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5959
5960To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5961 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5962This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5963
5964 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005965If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5966the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5967 :syntax off
5968
5969What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5970 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5971See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5972$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5973
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005974 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5975If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5976defaults back: >
5977
5978 :syntax reset
5979
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005980It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5981affects the highlighting.
5982
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005983This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5984
5985Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5986back to their Vim default.
5987Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5988scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5989
5990What this actually does is: >
5991
5992 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5993 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5994
5995Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5996
5997 *syncolor*
5998If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5999script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6000'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6001the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6002reset" command.
6003
6004For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6005
6006 if &background == "light"
6007 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6008 else
6009 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6010 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006011<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006012 *E679*
6013Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6014'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6015endless loop.
6016
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006017Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6018your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6019depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6020
6021 *syntax_cmd*
6022The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6023syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006024 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006025 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006026 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6027 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6028 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006029 the colors.
6030 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6031 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6032 them.
6033
6034==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100603517. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006036
6037If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6038mappings.
6039
6040 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6041 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6042>
6043 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6044 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6045
6046WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6047memory Vim will consume.
6048
6049Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006050must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6051at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006052
6053Put these lines in your Makefile:
6054
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006055# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006056types: types.vim
6057types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006058 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006059 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6060 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6061
6062And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6063
6064 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006065 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006066 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006067 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006068 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6069
6070==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100607118. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006072
6073Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6074possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6075private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6076with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6077highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6078italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6079
6080To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6081windows on the buffer: >
6082 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006083< *w:current_syntax*
6084This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6085"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6086restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6087"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6088"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006089Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006090
6091Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006092on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006093syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006094same buffer.
6095
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006096A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6097is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6098When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006099
6100==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100610119. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006102
6103Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6104default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6105 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6106 : if has("terminfo")
6107 : set t_Co=8
6108 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6109 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6110 : else
6111 : set t_Co=8
6112 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6113 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6114 : endif
6115 :endif
6116< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6117
6118You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6119e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6120
6121Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6122be wrong.
6123 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6124The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6125But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6126 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6127 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6128<
6129 *colortest.vim*
6130To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006131To use it, execute this command: >
6132 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006133
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006134Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006135output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6136at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6137colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6138
6139 *xfree-xterm*
6140To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006141included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006142at: >
6143 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6144Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6145termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6146supports. >
6147 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6148If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6149(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6150
6151This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6152 :if has("terminfo")
6153 : set t_Co=16
6154 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6155 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6156 :else
6157 : set t_Co=16
6158 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6159 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6160 :endif
6161< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6162
6163Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6164translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6165Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6166
6167For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6168
6169 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6170 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6171
6172Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6173and try if that works.
6174
6175You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6176 XTerm*color0: #000000
6177 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6178 XTerm*color2: #008000
6179 XTerm*color3: #808000
6180 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6181 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6182 XTerm*color6: #008080
6183 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6184 XTerm*color8: #808080
6185 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6186 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6187 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6188 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6189 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6190 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6191 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6192 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6193
6194[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6195cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006196newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006197
6198To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6199Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6200 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6201<
6202 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6203To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6204Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6205these resources:
6206 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6207 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6208 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6209 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6210
6211 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006212These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006213foreground colors: >
6214 :if has("terminfo")
6215 : set t_Co=8
6216 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6217 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6218 :else
6219 : set t_Co=8
6220 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6221 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6222 :endif
6223< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6224
6225 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6226These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6227emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6228bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6229 :set t_Co=16
6230 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6231 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6232<
6233 *TTpro-telnet*
6234These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6235open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6236 set t_Co=16
6237 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6238 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6239Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6240that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6241(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6242
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006243
6244==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100624520. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006246
6247This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6248
6249If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6250faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6251as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6252
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006253Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006254You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6255
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006256To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6257sequence: >
6258 :syntime on
6259 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6260 :syntime report
6261
6262This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6263it took to match them against the text.
6264
6265:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6266 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6267 matching.
6268
6269:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6270
6271:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6272
6273:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6274 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6275 the output.
6276
6277 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6278 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6279 matching this pattern.
6280 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6281 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6282 matched
6283 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6284 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6285 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6286 this is not unique.
6287 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6288
6289Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6290include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6291pattern does NOT match.
6292
6293When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6294all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6295literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6296
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006297"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006298 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006299"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006300
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006301
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006302 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: